Now the family heads of the Levites approached Eleazar the priest, Joshua son of Nun, and the heads of the other tribes of Israel
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲב֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     Now the family 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·wṯ
         Now the family 
    
 
        
            רָאשֵׁי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָאשֵׁי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·šê
                
                
                     heads 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·šê
         heads 
    
 
        
            הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     of the Levites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         of the Levites 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַֽיִּגְּשׁ֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיִּגְּשׁ֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yig·gə·šū
                
                
                     approached 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5066 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to draw near, approach <BR> 1a) (Qal) to draw or come near <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a1a) of sexual intercourse <BR> 1a2) of inanimate subject <BR> 1a2a) to approach one another <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to draw near <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to approach, bring near, bring <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be brought near <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to draw near 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yig·gə·šū
         approached 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָזָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָזָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·zār
                
                
                     Eleazar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eleazar = |God has helped|<BR> 1) the high priest son of Aaron <BR> 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark <BR> 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra <BR> 4) one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 5) a Levite <BR> 6) one of the line of Parosh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·zār
         Eleazar 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            בִּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin-
         son 
    
 
        
            נ֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūn
                
                
                     of Nun , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nun = |fish| or |posterity|<BR> 1) father of Joshua the successor of Moses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūn
         of Nun , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         and 
    
 
        
            רָאשֵׁ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָאשֵׁ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·šê
                
                
                     the heads 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·šê
         the heads 
    
 
        
            אֲב֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·wṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמַּטּ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּטּ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·maṭ·ṭō·wṯ
                
                
                     of the [other] tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·maṭ·ṭō·wṯ
         of the [other] tribes 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            at Shiloh in the land of Canaan and said to them, “The LORD commanded through Moses that we be given cities in which to live, together with pasturelands for our livestock.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּשִׁלֹ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשִׁלֹ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ši·lōh
                
                
                     at Shiloh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shiloh = |place of rest|<BR> 1) a city in Ephraim and temporary home of the Ark of the Covenant and the Tabernacle, the place where Samuel grew up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ši·lōh
         at Shiloh 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶ֤רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶ֤רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·reṣ
         in the land 
    
 
        
            כְּנַ֙עַן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּנַ֙עַן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·na·‘an
                
                
                     of Canaan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaan = |lowland| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 4th son of Ham and the progenitor of the Phoenicians and of the various nations who peopled the seacoast of Palestine <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the land west of the Jordan peopled by the descendants of Canaan and subsequently conquered by the Israelites under Joshua <BR> n m <BR> 3) merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·na·‘an
         of Canaan 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיְדַבְּר֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְדַבְּר֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bə·rū
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bə·rū
         and said 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         to them , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     “ The LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         “ The LORD 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         commanded 
    
 
        
            בְיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·yaḏ-
         through 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            לָֽתֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽתֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ṯeṯ-
                
                
                     that we be given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ṯeṯ-
         that we be given 
    
 
        
            לָ֥נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            לָשָׁ֑בֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָשָׁ֑בֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·šā·ḇeṯ
                
                
                     in which to live , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·šā·ḇeṯ
         in which to live , 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     together with pasturelands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         together with pasturelands 
    
 
        
            לִבְהֶמְתֵּֽנוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְהֶמְתֵּֽנוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·hem·tê·nū
                
                
                     for our livestock . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, cattle, animal <BR> 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) <BR> 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals)<BR> 1c) wild beasts 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·hem·tê·nū
         for our livestock . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So by the command of the LORD, the Israelites gave the Levites these cities and their pasturelands out of their own inheritance:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     So by 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         So by 
    
 
        
            פִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     the command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         the command 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - , 
    
 
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nū
                
                
                     gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nū
         gave 
    
 
        
            לַלְוִיִּ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַלְוִיִּ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lal·wî·yim
                
                
                     the Levites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lal·wî·yim
         the Levites 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            הֶעָרִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         and 
    
 
        
            מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     their pasturelands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         their pasturelands 
    
 
        
            מִנַּחֲלָתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנַּחֲלָתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·na·ḥă·lā·ṯām
                
                
                     out of their own inheritance : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·na·ḥă·lā·ṯām
         out of their own inheritance : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The first lot came out for the Kohathite clans. The Levites who were descendants of Aaron the priest received thirteen cities by lot from the tribes of Judah, Simeon, and Benjamin.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַגּוֹרָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹרָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     The [first] lot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·rāl
         The [first] lot 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּצֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּצֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·ṣê
                
                
                     came out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·ṣê
         came out 
    
 
        
            הַקְּהָתִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקְּהָתִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qə·hā·ṯî
                
                
                     for the Kohathite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohathites = see Kohath |assembly|<BR> 1) the descendants of Kohath, the 2nd son of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qə·hā·ṯî
         for the Kohathite 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥōṯ
                
                
                     clans . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥōṯ
         clans . 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         
    
 
        
            הַלְוִיִּ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     The Levites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         The Levites 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     who were descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         who were descendants 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֡י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֡י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     received 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         received 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lōš
                
                
                     thirteen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lōš
         thirteen 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹרָ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹרָ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     by lot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·rāl
         by lot 
    
 
        
            מִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     from the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         from the tribes 
    
 
        
            יְ֠הוּדָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְ֠הוּדָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     of Judah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         of Judah , 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַשִּׁמְעֹנִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשִּׁמְעֹנִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šim·‘ō·nî
                
                
                     Simeon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8099 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Simeonites = see Simeon |harkening|<BR> 1) descendants of Simeon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šim·‘ō·nî
         Simeon , 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִנְיָמִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִנְיָמִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇin·yā·min
                
                
                     and Benjamin . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Benjamin = |son of the right hand|<BR> 1) Jacob's and Rachel's youngest son, Joseph's full brother <BR> 2) son of Bilhan, great-grandson of Benjamin <BR> 3) a Benjamite, one of the sons of Harim, in the time of Ezra who had taken a strange wife <BR> 4) the tribe descended from Benjamin, the son of Jacob 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇin·yā·min
         and Benjamin . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The remaining descendants of Kohath received ten cities by lot from the tribes of Ephraim, Dan, and the half-tribe of Manasseh.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     The remaining 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         The remaining 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         descendants 
    
 
        
            קְהָ֜ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְהָ֜ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·hāṯ
                
                
                     of Kohath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6955 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohath = |assembly|<BR> 1) the 2nd of the 3 sons of Levi and progenitor of a family in the tribe of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·hāṯ
         of Kohath 
    
 
        
            עָֽשֶׂר׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָֽשֶׂר׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śer
                
                
                     received ten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten <BR> 1a) ten <BR> 1b) with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śer
         received ten 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹרָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹרָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     by lot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·rāl
         by lot 
    
 
        
            מִמִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miš·pə·ḥōṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miš·pə·ḥōṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     from the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh-
         from the tribes 
    
 
        
            אֶ֠פְרַיִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֠פְרַיִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Ephraim , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·ra·yim
         of Ephraim , 
    
 
        
            דָ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏān
                
                
                     Dan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1835 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dan = |a judge|<BR> 1) the 5th son of Jacob, the 1st of Bilhah, Rachel's handmaid <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Dan, the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc<BR> 3) a city in Dan, the most northern landmark of Palestine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏān
         Dan , 
    
 
        
            וּמֵחֲצִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵחֲצִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·ḥă·ṣî
         and 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            וּֽמִמַּטֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽמִמַּטֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The descendants of Gershon received thirteen cities by lot from the tribes of Issachar, Asher, Naphtali, and the half-tribe of Manasseh in Bashan.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     The descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         The descendants 
    
 
        
            גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡê·rə·šō·wn
                
                
                     of Gershon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gershon or Gershom = |exile|<BR> 1) firstborn son of Levi born before Jacob's family went to Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡê·rə·šō·wn
         of Gershon 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lōš
                
                
                     received thirteen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lōš
         received thirteen 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹרָ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹרָ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     by lot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·rāl
         by lot 
    
 
        
            מִמִּשְׁפְּח֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּשְׁפְּח֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     from the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh-
         from the tribes 
    
 
        
            יִשָּׂשכָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשָּׂשכָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·śā·š·ḵār
                
                
                     of Issachar , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3485 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Issachar = |there is recompense| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 9th son of Jacob and the 5th by Leah his first wife and the progenitor of a tribe by his name <BR> 2) a Korahite Levite and the 7th son of Obed-edom and doorkeeper to the temple <BR> n pr coll <BR> 3) the tribe descended from Issachar the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the territory allocated to the descendants of Issachar when they entered the land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·śā·š·ḵār
         of Issachar , 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
         - 
    
 
        
            אָ֠שֵׁר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָ֠שֵׁר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šêr
                
                
                     Asher , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asher = |happy|<BR> 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Asher <BR> 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šêr
         Asher , 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נַפְתָּלִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַפְתָּלִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nap̄·tā·lî
                
                
                     Naphtali , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Naphtali = |wrestling| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 5th son of Jacob and the 2nd by Bilhah the handmaid of Rachel <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Naphtali the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the territory assigned to the tribe of Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nap̄·tā·lî
         Naphtali , 
    
 
        
            וּ֠מֵחֲצִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּ֠מֵחֲצִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     and the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·ḥă·ṣî
         and the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            בַבָּשָׁן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַבָּשָׁן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇab·bā·šān
                
                
                     in Bashan . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇab·bā·šān
         in Bashan . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the descendants of Merari received twelve cities from the tribes of Reuben, Gad, and Zebulun.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לִבְנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     [And] the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         [And] the descendants 
    
 
        
            מְרָרִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרָרִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rā·rî
                
                
                     of Merari 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Merari = |bitter|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Levi and head of a Levitical family 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rā·rî
         of Merari 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·têm
                
                
                     received twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·têm
         received twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     from the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         from the tribes 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     of Reuben , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         of Reuben , 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            גָד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     Gad , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         Gad , 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            זְבוּלֻ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְבוּלֻ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·ḇū·lun
                
                
                     and Zebulun . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zebulun = |exalted|<BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 10th of the sons of Jacob, 6th and last of Leah; progenitor of Zebulun <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Zebulun <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land allocated to the tribe of Zebulun 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·ḇū·lun
         and Zebulun . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the Israelites allotted to the Levites these cities, together with their pasturelands, as the LORD had commanded through Moses.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     So the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         So the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nū
                
                
                     allotted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nū
         allotted 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹרָֽל׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹרָֽל׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·rāl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lal·wî·yim
                
                
                     to the Levites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lal·wî·yim
         to the Levites 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הֶעָרִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     together with their pasturelands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         together with their pasturelands , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded 
    
 
        
            בְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ-
         through 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From the tribes of Judah and Simeon, they designated these cities by name
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִמַּטֵּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּטֵּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     From the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         From the tribes 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     of Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         of Judah 
    
 
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שִׁמְע֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁמְע֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šim·‘ō·wn
                
                
                     and Simeon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8095 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Simeon or Shimeon = |heard|<BR> 1) the 2nd son of Jacob by his wife Leah and progenitor of the tribe of Simeon <BR> 2) an Israelite of the sons of Bani who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šim·‘ō·wn
         and Simeon 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיִּתְּנ֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיִּתְּנ֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nū
                
                
                     they designated 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nū
         they designated 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִקְרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·rā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·rā
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶתְהֶ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְהֶ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·hen
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·hen
         - 
    
 
        
            הֶֽעָרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽעָרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            בְּשֵֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשֵֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·šêm
                
                
                     by name 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·šêm
         by name 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            to the descendants of Aaron from the Kohathite clans of the Levites, because the first lot fell to them:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽיְהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     to the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         to the descendants 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron 
    
 
        
            הַקְּהָתִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקְּהָתִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qə·hā·ṯî
                
                
                     from the Kohathite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohathites = see Kohath |assembly|<BR> 1) the descendants of Kohath, the 2nd son of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qə·hā·ṯî
         from the Kohathite 
    
 
        
            מִמִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         clans 
    
 
        
            מִבְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bə·nê
                
                
                     of the Levites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bə·nê
         of the Levites 
    
 
        
            לֵוִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵוִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·wî
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3878 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levi = |joined to|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah and progenitor of tribe of Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·wî
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            רִיאשֹׁנָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִיאשֹׁנָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rî·šō·nāh
                
                
                     the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rî·šō·nāh
         the first 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹרָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹרָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     lot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·rāl
         lot 
    
 
        
            הָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yāh
                
                
                     fell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yāh
         fell 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to them : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to them : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They gave them Kiriath-arba (that is, Hebron), with its surrounding pasturelands, in the hill country of Judah. (Arba was the father of Anak.)
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nū
                
                
                     They gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nū
         They gave 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קִרְיַת֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִרְיַת֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qir·yaṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kirjath-arba = |city of Arba|<BR> 1) early name of the city which after the conquest was called 'Hebron' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qir·yaṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּ֨ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּ֨ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     Kiriath-arba 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kirjath-arba = |city of Arba|<BR> 1) early name of the city which after the conquest was called 'Hebron' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         Kiriath-arba 
    
 
        
            הִ֥יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֥יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     (that is , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         (that is , 
    
 
        
            חֶבְר֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶבְר֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeḇ·rō·wn
                
                
                     Hebron ), 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2275 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hebron = |association| <BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a city in south Judah approx 20 south of Jerusalem and approx 20 miles (30 km) north of Beersheba and near where Abraham built an altar <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) the 3rd son of Kohath and grandson of Levi <BR> 3) a descendant of Caleb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeḇ·rō·wn
         Hebron ), 
    
 
        
            סְבִיבֹתֶֽיהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְבִיבֹתֶֽיהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     with its surrounding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯe·hā
         with its surrounding 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֖הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֖הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     pasturelands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         pasturelands , 
    
 
        
            בְּהַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·har
                
                
                     in the hill country 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·har
         in the hill country 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     of Judah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         of Judah . 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲבִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇî
                
                
                     ( Arba was the father 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇî
         ( Arba was the father 
    
 
        
            הָֽעֲנ֛וֹק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽעֲנ֛וֹק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·nō·wq
                
                
                     of Anak . ) 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Anak = |neck|<BR> 1) progenitor of a family, or tribe of the giant people in Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·nō·wq
         of Anak . ) 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But they had given the fields and villages around the city to Caleb son of Jephunneh as his possession.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בַּאֲחֻזָּתֽוֹ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּאֲחֻזָּתֽוֹ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·’ă·ḥuz·zā·ṯōw
                
                
                     as his possession . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property <BR> 1a) land <BR> 1b) possession by inheritance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·’ă·ḥuz·zā·ṯōw
         as his possession . 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            נָֽתְנ֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָֽתְנ֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯə·nū
                
                
                     But they had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯə·nū
         But they had given 
    
 
        
            שְׂדֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂדֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·ḏêh
                
                
                     the fields 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·ḏêh
         the fields 
    
 
        
            חֲצֵרֶ֑יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲצֵרֶ֑יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ṣê·re·hā
                
                
                     and villages 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2691 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) court, enclosure <BR> 1a) enclosures <BR> 1b) court <BR> 2) settled abode, settlement, village, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ṣê·re·hā
         and villages 
    
 
        
            הָעִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘îr
                
                
                     around the city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘îr
         around the city 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לְכָלֵ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָלֵ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā·lêḇ
                
                
                     to Caleb 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3612 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Caleb = |dog|<BR> 1) the godly son of Jephunneh and the faithful spy who reported the Promised Land favourably and urged its capture <BR> 2) son of Hezron and grandson of Pharez and great grandson of Judah and the father of Hur and grandfather of Caleb the spy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā·lêḇ
         to Caleb 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·p̄un·neh
                
                
                     of Jephunneh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jephunneh = |He will be facing|<BR> 1) a Kenezite and father of Caleb the spy from the tribe of Judah <BR> 2) son of Jether and descendant of Asher 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·p̄un·neh
         of Jephunneh 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So to the descendants of Aaron the priest they gave these cities, together with their pasturelands: Hebron, a city of refuge for the manslayer, Libnah,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     So to the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         So to the descendants 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest 
    
 
        
            נָֽתְנוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָֽתְנוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯə·nū
                
                
                     they gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯə·nū
         they gave 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     [these cities] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         [these cities] , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands : 
    
 
        
            חֶבְר֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶבְר֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeḇ·rō·wn
                
                
                     Hebron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2275 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hebron = |association| <BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a city in south Judah approx 20 south of Jerusalem and approx 20 miles (30 km) north of Beersheba and near where Abraham built an altar <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) the 3rd son of Kohath and grandson of Levi <BR> 3) a descendant of Caleb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeḇ·rō·wn
         Hebron , 
    
 
        
            עִיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     a city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         a city 
    
 
        
            מִקְלַ֣ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְלַ֣ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·laṭ
                
                
                     of refuge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4733 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuge, asylum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·laṭ
         of refuge 
    
 
        
            הָרֹצֵ֔חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֹצֵ֔חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
                
                
                     for the manslayer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to murder, slay, kill <BR> 1a)(Qal) to murder, slay <BR> 1a1) premeditated <BR> 1a2) accidental <BR> 1a3) as avenger <BR> 1a4) slayer (intentional) (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slain <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to murder, assassinate <BR> 1c2) murderer, assassin (participle) (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be killed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
         for the manslayer , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לִבְנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nāh
                
                
                     Libnah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Libnah = |pavement|<BR> 1) a royal city of the Canaanites in the southwest captured by Joshua; allocated to Judah and made a Levitical city; site unknown<BR> 2) a station between Sinai and Kadesh of Israel during their wilderness wanderings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nāh
         Libnah 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יַתִּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tir
                
                
                     Jattir 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3492 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jattir = |plenty|<BR> 1) a town in the mountains of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tir
         Jattir 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eš·tə·mō·a‘
                
                
                     Eshtemoa 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        851 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eshtemoa = |I will make myself heard| Eshtemoh = |I shall cause my own ruin: fire of astonishment: I shall soar aloft|<BR> 1) a Levitical city in Judah <BR> 2) a man of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eš·tə·mō·a‘
         Eshtemoa 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֹלֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹלֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·lōn
                
                
                     Holon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2473 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Holon = |sandy|<BR> 1) a town in the mountains of Judah given to the priests <BR> 2) a city of Moab; site unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·lōn
         Holon 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            דְּבִ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּבִ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḇir
                
                
                     Debir 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Debir = |sanctuary| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the king of Eglon, one of the five kings hanged by Joshua <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in the mountains of Judah west of Hebron and given to the priests and a city of refuge <BR> 3) a place on the northern boundary of Judah <BR> 4) a town in the territory of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḇir
         Debir 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Ain, Juttah, and Beth-shemesh—nine cities from these two tribes, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘a·yin
                
                
                     Ain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5871 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ain = |spring|<BR> 1) one of the landmarks on the eastern boundary of Palestine <BR> 2) one of the southernmost cities of Judah in the Nekeb and allotted to the tribe of Simeon and given to the priests 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘a·yin
         Ain 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֗הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֗הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יֻטָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֻטָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yuṭ·ṭāh
                
                
                     Juttah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3194 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Juttah = |stretched out|<BR> 1) a town in the mountains of Judah, in the neighbourhood of Maon and Carmel; modern 'Yutta' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yuṭ·ṭāh
         Juttah 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1053 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-shemesh = |house of the sun| or |sun-temple|<BR> 1) a town in southwest Judah <BR> 2) a town in Naphtali <BR> 3) a town in Issachar <BR> 4) a town in Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·meš
                
                
                     and Beth-shemesh — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1053 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-shemesh = |house of the sun| or |sun-temple|<BR> 1) a town in southwest Judah <BR> 2) a town in Naphtali <BR> 3) a town in Issachar <BR> 4) a town in Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·meš
         and Beth-shemesh — 
    
 
        
            תֵּ֔שַׁע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּ֔שַׁע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·ša‘
                
                
                     nine 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nine, nonad <BR> 1a) nine (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) ninth (as ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·ša‘
         nine 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֕ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֕ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êṯ
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êṯ
         from 
    
 
        
            הָאֵֽלֶּה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵֽלֶּה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         two 
    
 
        
            הַשְּׁבָטִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְּׁבָטִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šə·ḇā·ṭîm
                
                
                     tribes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šə·ḇā·ṭîm
         tribes , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And from the tribe of Benjamin they gave them Gibeon, Geba,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     And from the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         And from the tribe 
    
 
        
            בִנְיָמִ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִנְיָמִ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇin·yā·min
                
                
                     of Benjamin they gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Benjamin = |son of the right hand|<BR> 1) Jacob's and Rachel's youngest son, Joseph's full brother <BR> 2) son of Bilhan, great-grandson of Benjamin <BR> 3) a Benjamite, one of the sons of Harim, in the time of Ezra who had taken a strange wife <BR> 4) the tribe descended from Benjamin, the son of Jacob 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇin·yā·min
         of Benjamin they gave 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         them 
    
 
        
            גִּבְע֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּבְע֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giḇ·‘ō·wn
                
                
                     Gibeon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1391 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gibeon = |hill city|<BR> 1) a Levitical city of Benjamin, modern 'el-Jib', which lies 5 miles or 8 km from Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giḇ·‘ō·wn
         Gibeon 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            גֶּ֖בַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֶּ֖בַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ge·ḇa‘
                
                
                     Geba 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gaba or Geba or Gibeah = |hill|<BR> 1) a city in Benjamin, modern 'Jeba', which stands on the top of a steep terraced hill, six miles or ten kilometres north east of Jerusalem and three miles or five kilometres from Gibeah, on the edge of the Wadi Suweinit looking northward to the opposite village of ancient Michmash, modern 'Mukhmas' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ge·ḇa‘
         Geba 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Anathoth, and Almon—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֲנָתוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנָתוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nā·ṯō·wṯ
                
                
                     Anathoth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Anathoth = |answers to prayer|<BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Becher and grandson of Benjamin <BR> 2) one of the heads of the people who signed the covenant with Nehemiah <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) a city of Benjamin allotted to the priest; located approximately 3 miles (5 km) from Jerusalem; birthplace of the prophet Jeremiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nā·ṯō·wṯ
         Anathoth 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַלְמ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַלְמ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al·mō·wn
                
                
                     and Almon — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5960 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Almon = |concealed|<BR> 1) a town in Benjamin allotted to the priests 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al·mō·wn
         and Almon — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In all, thirteen cities, together with their pasturelands, were given to the priests, the descendants of Aaron.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     In all , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         In all , 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹשׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹשׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lōš-
                
                
                     thirteen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lōš-
         thirteen 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         - 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     together with their pasturelands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         together with their pasturelands , 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּֽהֲנִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּֽהֲנִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     [were given] to the priests , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         [were given] to the priests , 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the descendants 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The remaining Kohathite clans of the Levites were allotted these cities: From the tribe of Ephraim
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     The remaining 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         The remaining 
    
 
        
            מִבְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קְהָ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְהָ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·hāṯ
                
                
                     Kohathite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6955 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohath = |assembly|<BR> 1) the 2nd of the 3 sons of Levi and progenitor of a family in the tribe of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·hāṯ
         Kohathite 
    
 
        
            וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         clans 
    
 
        
            קְהָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְהָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·hāṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6955 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohath = |assembly|<BR> 1) the 2nd of the 3 sons of Levi and progenitor of a family in the tribe of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·hāṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     of the Levites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         of the Levites 
    
 
        
            גֽוֹרָלָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֽוֹרָלָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡō·w·rā·lām
                
                
                     were allotted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡō·w·rā·lām
         were allotted 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     these cities : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         these cities : 
    
 
        
            מִמַּטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     From the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         From the tribe 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Ephraim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·rā·yim
         of Ephraim 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            they were given Shechem in the hill country of Ephraim (a city of refuge for the manslayer), Gezer,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nū
                
                
                     they were given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nū
         they were given 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁכֶ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁכֶ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḵem
                
                
                     Shechem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shechem = |back| or |shoulder| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Hamor, the chieftain of the Hivites at Shechem at the time of Jacob's arrival <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city in Manasseh; located in a valley between Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim, 34 miles (54 km) north of Jerusalem and 7 miles (10.5 km) south- east of Samaria 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḵem
         Shechem 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּהַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·har
                
                
                     in the hill country 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·har
         in the hill country 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Ephraim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·rā·yim
         of Ephraim 
    
 
        
            עִ֨יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֨יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     ( a city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         ( a city 
    
 
        
            מִקְלַ֧ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְלַ֧ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·laṭ
                
                
                     of refuge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4733 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuge, asylum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·laṭ
         of refuge 
    
 
        
            הָרֹצֵ֛חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֹצֵ֛חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
                
                
                     for the manslayer ), 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to murder, slay, kill <BR> 1a)(Qal) to murder, slay <BR> 1a1) premeditated <BR> 1a2) accidental <BR> 1a3) as avenger <BR> 1a4) slayer (intentional) (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slain <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to murder, assassinate <BR> 1c2) murderer, assassin (participle) (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be killed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
         for the manslayer ), 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֖הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֖הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            גֶּ֖זֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֶּ֖זֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ge·zer
                
                
                     Gezer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1507 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gazer or Gezer = |portion|<BR> 1) a Levitical city on the border of Ephraim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ge·zer
         Gezer , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Kibzaim, and Beth-horon—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קִבְצַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִבְצַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qiḇ·ṣa·yim
                
                
                     Kibzaim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6911 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kibzaim = |two gatherings|<BR> 1) a Kohathite Levitical city in Ephraim at Mount Ephraim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qiḇ·ṣa·yim
         Kibzaim 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-horon = |house of hollowness|<BR> 1) two towns in Ephraim <BR> 1a) Upper Beth-horon-town on the mountains of Ephraim <BR> 1b) Lower Beth-horon-town located 800 feet (245 m) lower than Upper Beth-horon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            חוֹרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חוֹרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·w·rōn
                
                
                     and Beth-horon — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-horon = |house of hollowness|<BR> 1) two towns in Ephraim <BR> 1a) Upper Beth-horon-town on the mountains of Ephraim <BR> 1b) Lower Beth-horon-town located 800 feet (245 m) lower than Upper Beth-horon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·w·rōn
         and Beth-horon — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From the tribe of Dan they were given Elteke, Gibbethon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּ֨טֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּ֨טֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     From the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
         From the tribe 
    
 
        
            דָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏān
                
                
                     of Dan [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1835 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dan = |a judge|<BR> 1) the 5th son of Jacob, the 1st of Bilhah, Rachel's handmaid <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Dan, the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc<BR> 3) a city in Dan, the most northern landmark of Palestine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏān
         of Dan [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·tə·qê
                
                
                     Elteke 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        514 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eltekeh = |let God spue thee out|<BR> 1) Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, between Ekron and Timna 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·tə·qê
         Elteke 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            גִּבְּת֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּבְּת֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gib·bə·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     Gibbethon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1405 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gibbethon = |mound|<BR> 1) a Philistine town in Dan allocated to the Kohathite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gib·bə·ṯō·wn
         Gibbethon 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Aijalon, and Gath-rimmon—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אַיָּלוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַיָּלוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ay·yā·lō·wn
                
                
                     Aijalon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        357 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ajalon or Aijalon = |field of deer|<BR> 1) Levitical city in Dan, 14 miles or 25 km NW of Jerusalem, later ruled by the Amorites, then the Benjamites of Judah, then by the Philistines <BR> 2) a city of Zebulun, site unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ay·yā·lō·wn
         Aijalon 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            גַּת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gaṯ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gath-rimmon = |winepress of the pomegranate|<BR> 1) a city given out of the tribe of Dan to the Levites, situated on the plain of Philistia, apparently not far from Joppa <BR> 2) a town of the half tribe of Manasseh located on the west side of the Jordan, assigned to the Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gaṯ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            רִמּ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִמּ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rim·mō·wn
                
                
                     and Gath-rimmon — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gath-rimmon = |winepress of the pomegranate|<BR> 1) a city given out of the tribe of Dan to the Levites, situated on the plain of Philistia, apparently not far from Joppa <BR> 2) a town of the half tribe of Manasseh located on the west side of the Jordan, assigned to the Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rim·mō·wn
         and Gath-rimmon — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And from the half-tribe of Manasseh they were given Taanach and Gath-rimmon—two cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִֽמַּחֲצִית֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִֽמַּחֲצִית֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·ma·ḥă·ṣîṯ
                
                
                     And from the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4276 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half, middle <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle, midday, noon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·ma·ḥă·ṣîṯ
         And from the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תַּעְנַךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעְנַךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta‘·naḵ
                
                
                     Taanach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8590 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Taanach or Tanach = |sandy|<BR> 1) an ancient Canaanite city conquered by Joshua and allotted to the half tribe of Manasseh although in the territory of Issachar; given to the Kohathite Levites; located on the west of the Jordan and near the waters of Megiddo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta‘·naḵ
         Taanach 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         and 
    
 
        
            גַּת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gaṯ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gath-rimmon = |winepress of the pomegranate|<BR> 1) a city given out of the tribe of Dan to the Levites, situated on the plain of Philistia, apparently not far from Joppa <BR> 2) a town of the half tribe of Manasseh located on the west side of the Jordan, assigned to the Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gaṯ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            רִמּ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִמּ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rim·mō·wn
                
                
                     Gath-rimmon — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gath-rimmon = |winepress of the pomegranate|<BR> 1) a city given out of the tribe of Dan to the Levites, situated on the plain of Philistia, apparently not far from Joppa <BR> 2) a town of the half tribe of Manasseh located on the west side of the Jordan, assigned to the Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rim·mō·wn
         Gath-rimmon — 
    
 
        
            שְׁתָּֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתָּֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tā·yim
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tā·yim
         two 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In all, ten cities, together with their pasturelands, were given to the rest of the Kohathite clans.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     In all , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         In all , 
    
 
        
            עֶ֖שֶׂר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֖שֶׂר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·śer
                
                
                     ten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten <BR> 1a) ten <BR> 1b) with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·śer
         ten 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     together with their pasturelands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         together with their pasturelands , 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִֽים׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִֽים׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     [were given] to the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         [were given] to the rest 
    
 
        
            קְהָ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְהָ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·hāṯ
                
                
                     of the Kohathite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6955 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohath = |assembly|<BR> 1) the 2nd of the 3 sons of Levi and progenitor of a family in the tribe of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·hāṯ
         of the Kohathite 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         clans 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what the Levite clans of the Gershonites were given: From the half-tribe of Manasseh they were given Golan in Bashan, a city of refuge for the manslayer, and Beeshterah—two cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַלְוִיִּם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     [This is what] the Levite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         [This is what] the Levite 
    
 
        
            מִמִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miš·pə·ḥōṯ
                
                
                     clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miš·pə·ḥōṯ
         clans 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            גֵרְשׁוֹן֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵרְשׁוֹן֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡê·rə·šō·wn
                
                
                     of the Gershonites [were given] : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gershon or Gershom = |exile|<BR> 1) firstborn son of Levi born before Jacob's family went to Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡê·rə·šō·wn
         of the Gershonites [were given] : 
    
 
        
            מֵחֲצִ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵחֲצִ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     From the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ḥă·ṣî
         From the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         [they were given] 
    
 
        
            גָּלוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּלוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gå̄·lōn
                
                
                     Golan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1474 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Golan = |their captivity: their rejoicing|<BR> 1) a town of Manasseh in the heights of Bashan east of the Jordan; a city of refuge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gå̄·lōn
         Golan 
    
 
        
            בַּבָּשָׁן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבָּשָׁן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bā·šān
                
                
                     in Bashan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bā·šān
         in Bashan , 
    
 
        
            עִיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     a city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         a city 
    
 
        
            מִקְלַ֣ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְלַ֣ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·laṭ
                
                
                     of refuge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4733 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuge, asylum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·laṭ
         of refuge 
    
 
        
            הָרֹצֵ֔חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֹצֵ֔חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
                
                
                     for the manslayer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to murder, slay, kill <BR> 1a)(Qal) to murder, slay <BR> 1a1) premeditated <BR> 1a2) accidental <BR> 1a3) as avenger <BR> 1a4) slayer (intentional) (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slain <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to murder, assassinate <BR> 1c2) murderer, assassin (participle) (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be killed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
         for the manslayer , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘eš·tə·rāh
                
                
                     and Beeshterah — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1203 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beeshterah = |with increase|<BR> 1) a Levitical city in Manasseh, east of the Jordan; probably identical with 'Ashtaroth' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘eš·tə·rāh
         and Beeshterah — 
    
 
        
            שְׁתָּֽיִם׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתָּֽיִם׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tā·yim
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tā·yim
         two 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From the tribe of Issachar they were given Kishion, Daberath,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     From the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         From the tribe 
    
 
        
            יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·śā·š·ḵār
                
                
                     of Issachar [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3485 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Issachar = |there is recompense| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 9th son of Jacob and the 5th by Leah his first wife and the progenitor of a tribe by his name <BR> 2) a Korahite Levite and the 7th son of Obed-edom and doorkeeper to the temple <BR> n pr coll <BR> 3) the tribe descended from Issachar the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the territory allocated to the descendants of Issachar when they entered the land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·śā·š·ḵār
         of Issachar [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קִשְׁי֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִשְׁי֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qiš·yō·wn
                
                
                     Kishion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kishion = |hard|<BR> 1) a town on the boundary of Issachar allotted to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qiš·yō·wn
         Kishion 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ḇə·raṯ
                
                
                     Daberath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dabareh or Daberath = |word|<BR> 1) a Levitical city, modern 'Debarieh', situated at the western foot of Tabor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ḇə·raṯ
         Daberath 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Jarmuth, and En-gannim—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יַרְמוּת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַרְמוּת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yar·mūṯ
                
                
                     Jarmuth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jarmuth = |heights|<BR> 1) a Canaanitish city in the lowlands of Judah with a king and located between Hebron and Lachish <BR> 2) a Levitical city of Issachar allocated to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yar·mūṯ
         Jarmuth 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ên
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5873 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        En-gannim = |fountain of the garden|<BR> 1) a city in the low country of Judah <BR> 2) a city on the border of Issachar and allotted to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ên
         vvv 
    
 
        
            גַּנִּ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּנִּ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gan·nîm
                
                
                     and En-gannim — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5873 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        En-gannim = |fountain of the garden|<BR> 1) a city in the low country of Judah <BR> 2) a city on the border of Issachar and allotted to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gan·nîm
         and En-gannim — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From the tribe of Asher they were given Mishal, Abdon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     From the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         From the tribe 
    
 
        
            אָשֵׁ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָשֵׁ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šêr
                
                
                     of Asher they were given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asher = |happy|<BR> 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Asher <BR> 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šêr
         of Asher they were given 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁאָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁאָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·’āl
                
                
                     Mishal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Misheal = |entreaty|<BR> 1) a town in the territory of Asher allotted to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·’āl
         Mishal 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַבְדּ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְדּ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·dō·wn
                
                
                     Abdon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5658 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abdon = |servile| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a judge of Israel in the time of the judges; perhaps the same as 'Bedan' <BR> 2) a Benjamite, son of Shashak <BR> 3) a Gibeonite, son of Jehiel and a grandson of Gideon <BR> 4) son of Micah in the time of king Josiah of Judah; also 'Achbor' <BR> n pr loc <BR> 5) a city in Asher allotted to the Gershonite Levites; located 10 miles (16 km) north of Accho; modern 'Abdeh' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·dō·wn
         Abdon 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Helkath, and Rehob—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֶלְקָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְקָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·qāṯ
                
                
                     Helkath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Helkath = |smooth|<BR> 1) the town named as the starting point for the boundary of the tribe of Asher and allotted with its suburbs to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·qāṯ
         Helkath 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            רְחֹ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְחֹ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḥōḇ
                
                
                     and Rehob — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7340 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Rehob = |broad place| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) father of Hadadezer the king of Zobah who was killed by David <BR> 2) a Levite who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the northern limit of the exploration of the spies in Canaan; on the road to Hamath <BR> 4) a town in Asher <BR> 5) a second town by the same name also in Asher 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḥōḇ
         and Rehob — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And from the tribe of Naphtali they were given Kedesh in Galilee (a city of refuge for the manslayer), Hammoth-dor, and Kartan—three cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     And from the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         And from the tribe 
    
 
        
            נַפְתָּלִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַפְתָּלִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nap̄·tā·lî
                
                
                     of Naphtali [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Naphtali = |wrestling| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 5th son of Jacob and the 2nd by Bilhah the handmaid of Rachel <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Naphtali the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the territory assigned to the tribe of Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nap̄·tā·lî
         of Naphtali [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קֶ֨דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֶ֨דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qe·ḏeš
                
                
                     Kedesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kedesh = |holy place|<BR> 1) a city in the extreme south of Judah <BR> 1a) same as 'Kadesh' and 'Kadesh-barnea' <BR> 2) a city of Issachar allotted to the Gershonite Levites <BR> 3) a fortified Canaanite city allotted to Naphtali <BR> 4) a city of refuge in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qe·ḏeš
         Kedesh 
    
 
        
            בַּגָּלִ֤יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגָּלִ֤יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gā·lîl
                
                
                     in Galilee 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1551 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Galilee = |circuit, district|<BR> 1) a territory in Naphtali largely occupied by heathen; a circuit of towns around Kedesh-Naphtali, in which were situated the 20 towns given by Solomon to Hiram king of Tyre as payment for his work in conveying timber from Lebanon to Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gā·lîl
         in Galilee 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עִ֣יר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֣יר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     ( a city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         ( a city 
    
 
        
            מִקְלַ֣ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְלַ֣ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·laṭ
                
                
                     of refuge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4733 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuge, asylum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·laṭ
         of refuge 
    
 
        
            הָֽרֹצֵ֗חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרֹצֵ֗חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
                
                
                     for the manslayer ) , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to murder, slay, kill <BR> 1a)(Qal) to murder, slay <BR> 1a1) premeditated <BR> 1a2) accidental <BR> 1a3) as avenger <BR> 1a4) slayer (intentional) (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slain <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to murder, assassinate <BR> 1c2) murderer, assassin (participle) (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be killed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
         for the manslayer ) , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֙הָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֙הָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חַמֹּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַמֹּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥam·mōṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamath-Dor = |hot springs of Dor|<BR> 1) a Levitical city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥam·mōṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            דֹּאר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֹּאר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dōr
                
                
                     Hammoth-dor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamath-Dor = |hot springs of Dor|<BR> 1) a Levitical city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dōr
         Hammoth-dor 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קַרְתָּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְתָּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·tān
                
                
                     and Kartan — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7178 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kartan = |two cities|<BR> 1) a town in Naphtali allotted to the Gershonite Levites <BR> 1a) also 'Kirjathaim' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·tān
         and Kartan — 
    
 
        
            שָׁלֹֽשׁ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלֹֽשׁ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lōš
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lōš
         three 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In all, thirteen cities, together with their pasturelands, were given to the Gershonite clans.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     In all , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         In all , 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹשׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹשׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lōš-
                
                
                     thirteen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lōš-
         thirteen 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         cities , 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         together with 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     their pasturelands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         their pasturelands , 
    
 
        
            הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gê·rə·šun·nî
                
                
                     [were given] to the Gershonite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1649 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gershonite = see Geshur<BR> 1) a descendant of Gershon, firstborn son of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gê·rə·šun·nî
         [were given] to the Gershonite 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     clans . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         clans . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what the Merarite clan (the rest of the Levites) were given: From the tribe of Zebulun they were given Jokneam, Kartah,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מְרָרִי֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרָרִי֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rā·rî
                
                
                     [This is what] the Merarite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Merari = |bitter|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Levi and head of a Levitical family 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rā·rî
         [This is what] the Merarite 
    
 
        
            וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     clan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         clan 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִים֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִים֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     ( the rest of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         ( the rest of 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַלְוִיִּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     the Levites) were given : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         the Levites) were given : 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     From the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         From the tribe 
    
 
        
            זְבוּלֻ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְבוּלֻ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·ḇū·lun
                
                
                     of Zebulun [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zebulun = |exalted|<BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 10th of the sons of Jacob, 6th and last of Leah; progenitor of Zebulun <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Zebulun <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land allocated to the tribe of Zebulun 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·ḇū·lun
         of Zebulun [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָקְנְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקְנְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qə·nə·‘ām
                
                
                     Jokneam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3362 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jokneam = |the people lament|<BR> 1) a city of Canaan conquered by Joshua and in the territory of Zebulun but allotted to the Merarite Levites and located Mount Carmel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qə·nə·‘ām
         Jokneam 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קַרְתָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְתָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·tāh
                
                
                     Kartah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kartah = |city|<BR> 1) a town in Zebulun allotted to the Merarite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·tāh
         Kartah 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Dimnah, and Nahalal—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            דִּמְנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּמְנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dim·nāh
                
                
                     Dimnah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1829 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dimnah = |dunghill|<BR> 1) a Levitical city in Zebulun 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dim·nāh
         Dimnah 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            נַהֲלָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַהֲלָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·hă·lāl
                
                
                     and Nahalal — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nahalal or Nahallal or Nahalol = |pasture|<BR> 1) one of the cities of Zebulun given to the Merarite Levites <BR> 1a) site uncertain <BR> 1b) maybe modern 'Malul', a village in the plain of Esdraelon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·hă·lāl
         and Nahalal — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From the tribe of Reuben they were given Bezer, Jahaz,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     From the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh
         From the tribe 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     of Reuben [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         of Reuben [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֶּ֖צֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּ֖צֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    be·ṣer
                
                
                     Bezer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bezer = |gold ore| or |remote fortress| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Zophah, one of the heads of the houses of Asher <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city of refuge in Reuben in the downs on the east of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        be·ṣer
         Bezer 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יַ֖הְצָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֖הְצָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yah·ṣāh
                
                
                     Jahaz 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jahaz or Jahazah or Jahzah = |trodden down|<BR> 1) a place in Reuben east of the Dead Sea where Israel defeated Sihon king of the Amorites; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yah·ṣāh
         Jahaz 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Kedemoth, and Mephaath—four cities, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קְדֵמוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְדֵמוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ḏê·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     Kedemoth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kedemoth = |eastern|<BR> 1) one of the towns in the district east of the Dead Sea allotted to the tribe of Reuben and given to the Merarite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ḏê·mō·wṯ
         Kedemoth 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֵיפָ֖עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵיפָ֖עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·p̄ā·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and Mephaath — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mephaath = |splendour| or |height|<BR> 1) a city of Reuben allotted to the Merarite Levites lying in the district of the Mishor; site uncertain <BR> 2) a city in Moab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·p̄ā·‘aṯ
         and Mephaath — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And from the tribe of Gad they were given Ramoth in Gilead, a city of refuge for the manslayer, Mahanaim,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִמַּטֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִמַּטֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     And from the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·maṭ·ṭêh-
         And from the tribe 
    
 
        
            גָ֗ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֗ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     of Gad [they were given] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         of Gad [they were given] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            רָמֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָמֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·mōṯ
                
                
                     Ramoth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ramoth = |heights| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) an Israelite who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) Ramoth-gilead-a place in Gilead <BR> 2a) site dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·mōṯ
         Ramoth 
    
 
        
            בַּגִּלְעָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגִּלְעָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     in Gilead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gil·‘āḏ
         in Gilead , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עִיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     a city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         a city 
    
 
        
            מִקְלַ֣ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְלַ֣ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·laṭ
                
                
                     of refuge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4733 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuge, asylum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·laṭ
         of refuge 
    
 
        
            הָרֹצֵ֔חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֹצֵ֔חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
                
                
                     for the manslayer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to murder, slay, kill <BR> 1a)(Qal) to murder, slay <BR> 1a1) premeditated <BR> 1a2) accidental <BR> 1a3) as avenger <BR> 1a4) slayer (intentional) (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slain <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to murder, assassinate <BR> 1c2) murderer, assassin (participle) (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be killed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·ṣê·aḥ
         for the manslayer , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·na·yim
                
                
                     Mahanaim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4266 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mahanaim = |two camps|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan, named from Jacob's encounter with angels <BR> 2) a Levitical city in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·na·yim
         Mahanaim 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶֽׁהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Heshbon, and Jazer—four cities in all, together with their pasturelands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     Heshbon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeš·bō·wn
         Heshbon 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֔הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יַעְזֵ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעְזֵ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya‘·zêr
                
                
                     and Jazer — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jazer or Jaazer = |helped|<BR> 1) a Levitical city east of the Jordan, in Gilead in the territory of Gad, formerly an Amorite city; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya‘·zêr
         and Jazer — 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּֽע׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּֽע׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     in all , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         in all , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         together with 
    
 
        
            מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְרָשֶׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     their pasturelands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·rā·še·hā
         their pasturelands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In all, twelve cities were allotted to the clans of Merari, the remaining Levite clans.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     In all , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         In all , 
    
 
        
            הֶ֨עָרִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶ֨עָרִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·têm
                
                
                     twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·têm
         twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     were 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         were 
    
 
        
            גּוֹרָלָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹרָלָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w·rā·lām
                
                
                     allotted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w·rā·lām
         allotted 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     to the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         to the clans 
    
 
        
            מְרָרִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרָרִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rā·rî
                
                
                     of Merari 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Merari = |bitter|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Levi and head of a Levitical family 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rā·rî
         of Merari 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         - , 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     the remaining 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         the remaining 
    
 
        
            הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     Levite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         Levite 
    
 
        
            מִמִּשְׁפְּח֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּשְׁפְּח֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     clans . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         clans . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the Levites, then, there were forty-eight cities in all, together with their pasturelands, within the territory of the Israelites.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     For the Levites, then , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·wî·yim
         For the Levites, then , 
    
 
        
            אַרְבָּעִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבָּעִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·bā·‘îm
                
                
                     there were forty-eight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·bā·‘îm
         there were forty-eight 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·mō·neh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eight, eighth <BR> 1a) eight (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) eighth (as ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·mō·neh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         cities 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl
                
                
                     in all , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl
         in all , 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
                
                
                     together with their pasturelands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·rə·šê·hen
         together with their pasturelands , 
    
 
        
            בְּת֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     within 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         within 
    
 
        
            אֲחֻזַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֻזַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥuz·zaṯ
                
                
                     the territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property <BR> 1a) land <BR> 1b) possession by inheritance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥuz·zaṯ
         the territory 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of the Israelites 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Each of these cities had its own surrounding pasturelands; this was true for all the cities.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הֶעָרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     Each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         Each 
    
 
        
            עִ֣יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֣יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     of these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         of these 
    
 
        
            עִ֔יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֔יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         cities 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֙ינָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֙ינָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·ye·nāh
                
                
                     had 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·ye·nāh
         had 
    
 
        
            סְבִיבֹתֶ֑יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְבִיבֹתֶ֑יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     its own surrounding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯe·hā
         its own surrounding 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְרָשֶׁ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְרָשֶׁ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·rā·še·hā
                
                
                     pasturelands ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4054 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) common, common land, open land, suburb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·rā·še·hā
         pasturelands ; 
    
 
        
            כֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     this was true 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         this was true 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     for all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         for all 
    
 
        
            הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         the 
    
 
        
            הֶעָרִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         cities . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus the LORD gave Israel all the land He had sworn to give their fathers, and they took possession of it and settled in it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Thus the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Thus the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         gave 
    
 
        
            לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·ba‘
                
                
                     He had sworn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to swear, adjure <BR> 1a) (Qal) sworn (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to swear, take an oath <BR> 1b2) to swear (of Jehovah by Himself) <BR> 1b3) to curse <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to take an oath <BR> 1c2) to adjure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·ba‘
         He had sworn 
    
 
        
            לָתֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָתֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ṯêṯ
                
                
                     to give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ṯêṯ
         to give 
    
 
        
            לַאֲבוֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲבוֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     their fathers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
         their fathers , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּרָשׁ֖וּהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּרָשׁ֖וּהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·rā·šū·hā
                
                
                     and they took possession of it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·rā·šū·hā
         and they took possession of it 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֥שְׁבוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֥שְׁבוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     and settled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·šə·ḇū
         and settled 
    
 
        
            בָֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇāh
                
                
                     in it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇāh
         in it . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the LORD gave them rest on every side, just as He had sworn to their fathers. None of their enemies could stand against them, for the LORD delivered all their enemies into their hand.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     And the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         And the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֨נַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֨נַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·naḥ
                
                
                     gave them rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·naḥ
         gave them rest 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִסָּבִ֔יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִסָּבִ֔יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mis·sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     on every side , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mis·sā·ḇîḇ
         on every side , 
    
 
        
            כְּכֹ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּכֹ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḵōl
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḵōl
         just as 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·ba‘
                
                
                     He had sworn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to swear, adjure <BR> 1a) (Qal) sworn (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to swear, take an oath <BR> 1b2) to swear (of Jehovah by Himself) <BR> 1b3) to curse <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to take an oath <BR> 1c2) to adjure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·ba‘
         He had sworn 
    
 
        
            לַאֲבוֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲבוֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     to their fathers . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
         to their fathers . 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     None 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         None 
    
 
        
            אִ֤ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֤ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·yə·ḇê·hem
                
                
                     of their enemies 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·yə·ḇê·hem
         of their enemies 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         - 
    
 
        
            עָ֨מַד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָ֨מַד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·maḏ
                
                
                     could stand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·maḏ
         could stand 
    
 
        
            בִּפְנֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּפְנֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bip̄·nê·hem
                
                
                     against them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bip̄·nê·hem
         against them , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     for the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         for the LORD 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     delivered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         delivered 
    
 
        
            מִכָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִכָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mik·kāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mik·kāl
         all 
    
 
        
            אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·yə·ḇê·hem
                
                
                     their enemies 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·yə·ḇê·hem
         their enemies 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏām
                
                
                     into their hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏām
         into their hand . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Not one of all the LORD’s good promises to the house of Israel had failed; everything was fulfilled.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     Not one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         Not one 
    
 
        
            מִכֹּל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִכֹּל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mik·kōl
                
                
                     of all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mik·kōl
         of all 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD’s 
    
 
        
            הַטּ֔וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטּ֔וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     good 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭō·wḇ
         good 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            דָּבָ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּבָ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ḇār
                
                
                     promises 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ḇār
         promises 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            נָפַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָפַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·p̄al
                
                
                     had failed ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·p̄al
         had failed ; 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kōl
                
                
                     everything 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kōl
         everything 
    
 
        
            בָּֽא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā
                
                
                     was fulfilled . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā
         was fulfilled .